WO2020220998A1 - Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method, apparatus and device - Google Patents

Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method, apparatus and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020220998A1
WO2020220998A1 PCT/CN2020/084779 CN2020084779W WO2020220998A1 WO 2020220998 A1 WO2020220998 A1 WO 2020220998A1 CN 2020084779 W CN2020084779 W CN 2020084779W WO 2020220998 A1 WO2020220998 A1 WO 2020220998A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
information
feedback information
downlink control
feedback
physical downlink
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/084779
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
司倩倩
高雪娟
Original Assignee
大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 filed Critical 大唐移动通信设备有限公司
Publication of WO2020220998A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020220998A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular to a method, device and equipment for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback.
  • 5G new air interface NR supports one physical downlink control channel PDCCH to schedule a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH transmission, and for carrier aggregation with different subcarrier spacing SCS configurations, when the SCS of the scheduled carrier is less than the SCS of the scheduled carrier
  • PDCCH physical downlink control channel
  • one PDCCH is also supported to schedule different PDSCH transmissions in multiple time slots.
  • the purpose of the present disclosure is to provide a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method, device and equipment to avoid excessive DCI overhead in multi-slot scheduling.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, including:
  • Receive first downlink control information where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used for The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the first feedback information is fed back in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the method further includes:
  • the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel.
  • K is the time slot offset.
  • the method further includes:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information includes:
  • the determining the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number includes:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • the generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information includes:
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the receiving first downlink control Before or after the information it also includes:
  • the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
  • the feeding back the first feedback information in the feedback time slot includes:
  • the fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
  • the method before feeding back the fourth feedback information in the feedback time slot, the method further includes:
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • the present disclosure provides a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, including:
  • Send first downlink control information where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that all The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the method further includes:
  • the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel.
  • K is the time slot offset.
  • the receiving the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot includes:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
  • the determining the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number includes:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
  • the third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the first downlink control information is sent Before or after the information, it also includes:
  • Send second downlink control information where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2.
  • the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
  • the receiving the first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
  • Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • the present disclosure provides a user equipment, including a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor; the processor is used to read the memory program of;
  • the transceiver is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information It is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the first feedback information is fed back in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the processor is also used for:
  • the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel.
  • K is the time slot offset.
  • processor is also used for:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • processor is also used for:
  • processor is also used for:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • processor is also used for:
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the transceiver when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the transceiver is also used for:
  • the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
  • the fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
  • processor is also used for:
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • the present disclosure provides a network device, including a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor; the processor is used to read the memory program of;
  • the transceiver is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the processor is also used for:
  • the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel.
  • K is the time slot offset.
  • the transceiver is also used for:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • processor is also used for:
  • processor is also used for:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • processor is also used for:
  • the third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the transceiver when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the transceiver is also used for:
  • Send second downlink control information where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2.
  • the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
  • Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing device including:
  • the first receiving module is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the first sending module is configured to feed back first feedback information in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  • a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing device including:
  • the second sending module is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, the first The indication information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
  • the present disclosure provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, it realizes the hybrid automatic repeat request feedback applied to the user equipment as above.
  • the first downlink control information DCI used for multi-slot scheduling is first received, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all information related to the first DCI multi-slot scheduling.
  • the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and feed back the first feedback information on the feedback time slot, which corresponds to the first DCI.
  • the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs of the multi-slot scheduling therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, which avoids the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
  • FIG. 1 shows one of the schematic flowcharts of the method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 2 shows one of the schematic diagrams of multi-slot scheduling
  • FIG. 3 shows the second schematic flowchart of a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • Figure 4 shows the second schematic diagram of multi-slot scheduling
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback according to another embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, including:
  • Step 101 Receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • Step 102 Feed back first feedback information in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to a user equipment.
  • the first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling is first received, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first The indication information indicates the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling.
  • the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information.
  • the first feedback information is fed back, that is, the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs corresponding to the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. Therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, which avoids DCI The problem of excessive overhead.
  • the first DCI in this embodiment is carried on the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and PDSCHs on different time slots are scheduled through the first DCI.
  • the feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback information.
  • the base station configures the user equipment to use two carrier aggregation transmissions, the SCS of carrier 1 is configured to 15 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of carrier 2 is configured to 60 kHz.
  • the base station performs cross-carrier scheduling on the PDSCH transmitted on carrier 2 through carrier 1, and the physical uplink control channel PUCCH is transmitted on carrier 1.
  • the PDCCH transmitted in time slot n of carrier 1 carries DCI.
  • the DCI is used for multi-slot scheduling to schedule PDSCH transmission in time slot 4n+1 and time slot 4n+2 on carrier 2.
  • the PDCCH transmitted in time slot n+1 of carrier 1 carries DCI, and the DCI is used for multi-slot scheduling to schedule PDSCH transmission in time slot 4n+4, time slot 4n+5, and time slot 4n+7 on carrier 2.
  • the first indication information includes the slot offset
  • the method further includes:
  • the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel.
  • K is the time slot offset.
  • time slot n+K will be used as the feedback time slot, and HARQ of all PDSCHs scheduled by the first DCI Feedback.
  • the first time slot is not the time slot position of the current carrier of the second PDSCH, but corresponds to the time slot position on the carrier carrying the HARQ-ACK feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI.
  • the slot offset set (HARQ feedback timing set) configured by the base station contains two K values: ⁇ 1, 2 ⁇ .
  • the user equipment determines that the corresponding feedback time slot is time slot n+2;
  • the feedback information in this embodiment can optionally use a dynamic feedback codebook. Therefore, optionally, after step 101, it further includes:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • both ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 are pre-configured according to the SCS configuration of the subcarrier spacing of the carrier.
  • the first downlink control information is All the scheduled physical downlink shared channels generate first feedback information of M*N*L bits, as shown in Figure 3, including:
  • Step 301 Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • Step 302 Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
  • the second feedback information is the feedback information of a PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI.
  • the user equipment will pass the corresponding bit position in the generated first feedback information of M*N*L bits. To realize the feedback of each PDSCH.
  • the DCI received in time slot n of carrier 1 is scheduled for the PDSCH in time slot 4n+1 on carrier 2, and its time slot arrangement number is 2; the PDSCH in time slot 4n+2 on carrier 2 is scheduled , And its time slot arrangement number is 3. And because the feedback information of DCI scheduling received in time slot n of carrier 1 and the feedback information of DCI scheduling received in time slot n+1 of carrier 1 will be fed back in the same feedback time slot,
  • step 302 includes:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • the second feedback information for only one PDSCH, that is, ACK feedback information
  • PDSCH transmission is scheduled on the a-th time slot, and the corresponding 1-bit feedback information is placed at the a-th bit position in the N-bit feedback information.
  • a total of 8 bits of feedback information are generated, where the second bit corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 2 time slot 4n+1, and the third bit corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 2 time slot 4n+2 ,
  • the fifth bit corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 2 timeslot 4n+4
  • the sixth bit corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 2 timeslot 4n+5
  • the eighth bit corresponds to carrier 2 timeslot 4n+7 PDSCH in transmission.
  • the pair The generation of first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information includes:
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the user equipment will generate negative NACK feedback information for the time slots where the PDSCH is not received, for example, fill the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information with 0.
  • the first feedback information (HARQ-ACK codebook) fed back in the PUCCH resource of time slot n+2 is 01101101.
  • the user equipment when configured for multi-carrier transmission and the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier The number of time slots is different. Before or after step 101, it also includes:
  • the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
  • the feeding back the first feedback information in the feedback time slot includes:
  • the fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
  • the user equipment will receive the second DCI before or after receiving the first DCI, and the second DCI is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release (ie semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH release), and
  • the second DCI is used for multi-slot scheduling
  • the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the second DCI is greater than or less than the number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled for the first DCI.
  • the fourth feedback information feedback is performed for the same feedback time slot, in addition to the first feedback information, it also includes feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, and channel release (fifth feedback information). In this way, more efficient feedback can be achieved on the feedback slot.
  • the base station also instructs SPS PDSCH release (channel release) on carrier 2 through a DCI in time slot n of carrier 1, and also schedules time slot n of carrier 1 through another DCI.
  • SPS PDSCH release channel release
  • the feedback time slot of both is also time slot n+2.
  • the SPS PDSCH release and the feedback information of the PDSCH in time slot n of carrier 1 will also be transmitted in the PUCCH resource of time slot n+2.
  • the method before feeding back the fourth feedback information in the feedback time slot, the method further includes:
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is used as the first subcodebook, corresponding to the feedback information of multi-slot scheduling
  • the second sub-codebook it is obtained through the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook; on the other hand, the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is used as the same sub-codebook.
  • the cascade of multiple sub-codebooks is obtained. Among them, the cascade will sort the sub-codebooks based on preset rules. For example, for the cascade of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, you can put the first sub-codebook first and then the second sub-codebook. It is also possible to put the second sub-codebook first and then the first sub-codebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the second DCI is used for multi-slot scheduling
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information.
  • the base station also instructs SPS PDSCH release (channel release) on carrier 2 through a DCI in time slot n of carrier 1, and also schedules time slot n of carrier 1 through another DCI.
  • SPS PDSCH release channel release
  • the feedback time slot of both is also time slot n+2
  • the feedback time slot has the following realizations:
  • Implementation 1 Carrier 1 instructs the SPS PDSCH on carrier 2 to release the DCI and the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted in time slot n as a sub-codebook.
  • Carrier 2 time slot 4n+1/4n+2/4n+4/4n+ The feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted in 5/4n+7 is a sub-codebook.
  • the first sub-codebook contains 2 feedback bits
  • the second sub-codebook contains 8 feedback bits. These 8 bits (corresponding to Figure 2 two The determination of the feedback information of the first DCI scheduling) is as described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • the cascading sequence is that the 2-bit feedback information corresponding to the DCI that does not use multi-slot scheduling comes first, and the 10-bit feedback information corresponding to the feedback information corresponding to the DCI that uses multi-slot scheduling is last.
  • the cascading sequence may also be that the 10-bit feedback information corresponding to the feedback information corresponding to the DCI using multi-slot scheduling is first, and the 2-bit feedback information corresponding to the DCI not using the multi-slot scheduling is last.
  • the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 1 time slot n is a subcodebook
  • carrier 1 indicates the DCI released by the SPS PDSCH on carrier 2
  • the feedback information corresponding to the DCI for transmitting the PDSCH in 4n+5/4n+7 is a sub-codebook.
  • the user equipment is configured with single codeword transmission on both carriers, so the first subcodebook contains only 1 feedback bit, and the second subcodebook contains 12 feedback bits, that is, the PDSCH scheduled for 3 DCIs Generate 4-bit feedback information respectively.
  • the user equipment can generate repeated bit information based on the demodulation result, for example, the user equipment generates a 4-bit ACK when the demodulation is correct, or generates a 4-bit NACK when the demodulation fails, or the user equipment It is also possible to generate 1-bit valid feedback information and supplement NACK in the remaining 3-bit positions.
  • the user equipment cascades the two sub-codebooks to obtain 13-bit feedback information.
  • the specific cascading sequence can be cascaded according to the carrier number sequence, for example, the 1-bit feedback information corresponding to carrier 1 comes first, and the 12-bit feedback information corresponding to carrier 2 comes later. Of course, it is also possible that the 12-bit feedback information corresponding to carrier 2 comes first, and the 1-bit feedback information corresponding to carrier 1 comes later.
  • Implementation 3 There are 3 DCIs in the same PDCCH detection opportunity in time slot n of carrier 1, which are used to indicate the release of SPS PDSCH on carrier 2, scheduling PDSCH transmission in time slot n of carrier 1, and scheduling For PDSCH transmission, there is 1 DCI in the time slot n+1 of carrier 1, and then 4-bit feedback information is generated for each DCI, and 16-bit feedback information is generated in total.
  • the first 4 bits of information are feedback information indicating the DCI released by the SPS PDSCH on carrier 2.
  • the user equipment can generate repeated bit information based on the demodulation result, or generate 1-bit effective feedback information, and supplement the remaining 3 bits. NACK.
  • the 5th to 8th bits of information are feedback information for the PDSCH transmission in time slot n of carrier 1.
  • the user equipment can generate repeated bit information based on the demodulation result, or it can generate 1-bit effective feedback information. NACK is added to the bit position.
  • the final 8-bit information (corresponding to the feedback information of the two first DCI scheduling in FIG. 2) is determined as described above, and will not be repeated here.
  • whether the DCI is a multi-slot scheduling DCI can be determined according to the DCI format or the carrier configuration corresponding to the DCI scheduling information.
  • the DCI using multi-slot scheduling corresponds to the DCI format 1_1 corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted on the carrier configured to use multi-slot scheduling
  • the DCI not using multi-slot scheduling corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted on the carrier that is not configured to use multi-slot scheduling.
  • DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1 the DCI indicating SPS PDSCH release transmitted on the carrier configured to use multi-slot scheduling
  • the DCI format 1_0 corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted on the carrier configured to use multi-slot scheduling can be determined according to the DCI format or the carrier configuration corresponding to the DCI scheduling information.
  • the DCI using multi-slot scheduling corresponds to the DCI format 1_1 corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted on the carrier configured to use multi-slot scheduling
  • the DCI not using multi-slot scheduling corresponds to
  • first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • the base station For example, based on the example in Figure 2, suppose that the base station also instructs the release of SPS PDSCH on carrier 2 through a DCI in time slot n of carrier 1, and also schedules PDSCH transmission in time slot n of carrier 1 through another DCI.
  • the feedback time slot of the person is also time slot n+2.
  • the base station sets the C-DAI (second indication information) and T-DAI (third indication information) in the DCI corresponding to the two subcodebooks respectively, that is, for multi-slot scheduling based C-DAI and T-DAI in DCI and DCI that are not used for multi-slot scheduling are counted separately.
  • the base station sets the C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI of the two carriers respectively, that is, sets the C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI of carrier 1 and the DCI of carrier 2 respectively.
  • Count Carrier 1 time slot n indicates that the SPS PDSCH on carrier 2 releases the DCI in which C-DAI is 1 and T-DAI is 2; carrier 1 time slot n schedules time slot 4n+1 and time slot 4n on carrier 2
  • the values of C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI transmitted by PDSCH in +2 are both 2; the values of C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI of time slot n+1 of carrier 1 are both 3.
  • Time slot 4n on carrier 2 is scheduled +4, PDSCH transmission in time slot 4n+5 and time slot 4n+7.
  • the base station counts the C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI of carrier 1 and the DCI of carrier 2 jointly: instructs the release of SPS PDSCH on carrier 2, and schedules the In the DCI for PDSCH transmission and PDSCH transmission on scheduling carrier 2, the corresponding C-DAI is 1/2/3, T-DAI is 3, and the C-DAI and T contained in the DCI in time slot n+1 of carrier 1 -DAI are all 4.
  • the user equipment's feedback information corresponding to the carrier using multi-slot scheduling and the carrier not using multi-slot scheduling is divided into two subcodebooks.
  • the user equipment needs to determine the usage instructions of the feedback codebook size based on the maximum number of PDSCH time slots that can be scheduled by DCI.
  • the base station configures the user equipment to use three carrier aggregation transmissions, the SCS of carrier 1 is configured to 15kHz, the subcarrier spacing of carrier 2 is configured to 30kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of carrier 3 is configured to 60kHz.
  • the base station performs cross-carrier scheduling on the PDSCHs transmitted on carrier 2 and carrier 3 through carrier 1, PUCCH is transmitted on carrier 1, and the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the base station includes two K values: ⁇ 1,2 ⁇ .
  • the base station schedules the PDSCH transmission of time slot n of carrier 1 in the first PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1, and the corresponding C-DAI is 1.
  • the first PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1 PDSCH transmissions of time slots 4n+1 and 4n+2 of carrier 3 are also scheduled, and the corresponding C-DAI and T-DAI are both 1.
  • the second PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1 PDSCH transmission of time slot 2n+1 of carrier 2 is scheduled, and the corresponding C-DAI and T-DAI are both 2.
  • the third PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1 the PDSCH transmission of time slot 4n+4 of carrier 3 is scheduled, and the corresponding C-DAI and T-DAI are both 3.
  • the fourth PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1 the PDSCH transmission of time slot 2n+2 of carrier 2 is scheduled, and the corresponding C-DAI and T-DAI are both 4.
  • the first subcodebook only contains feedback information corresponding to PDSCH transmission in carrier 1 time slot n
  • the second subcodebook contains feedback information for PDSCH transmission in carrier 2 and carrier 3.
  • the first subcodebook contains only 1 feedback bit
  • the second subcodebook contains 16-bit feedback information
  • the method of the embodiments of the present disclosure first receives the first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates that the first DCI
  • the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and feed back the first feedback information on the feedback time slot, That is, it corresponds to the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. Therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, which avoids the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
  • a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method includes:
  • Step 501 Send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • Step 502 Receive first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  • the method of the embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to a network device, such as a base station.
  • the network device first sends the first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first The indication information indicates the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, so that the network device can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information.
  • the first feedback information fed back in the time slot is received, that is, the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs corresponding to the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. Therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. , To avoid the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the method further includes:
  • the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel.
  • K is the time slot offset.
  • the receiving the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot includes:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
  • the determining the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number includes:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
  • the third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the first downlink control information is sent Before or after the information, it also includes:
  • Send second downlink control information where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2.
  • the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
  • the receiving the first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
  • Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • this method is applied to network equipment and corresponds to the above-mentioned method applied to user equipment to perform feedback processing.
  • the implementation of the above-mentioned method applied to user equipment is applicable to this method and can achieve the same technical effect. This will not be repeated here.
  • a user equipment in an embodiment of the present disclosure includes: a transceiver 610, a memory 620, a processor 600, and a computer program stored on the memory 620 and running on the processor 600;
  • the processor 600 is used to read programs in the memory;
  • the transceiver 610 is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the first feedback information is fed back in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the processor is also used for:
  • the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel.
  • K is the time slot offset.
  • processor is also used for:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • processor is also used for:
  • processor is also used for:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • processor is also used for:
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the transceiver when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the transceiver is also used for:
  • the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
  • the fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
  • processor is also used for:
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 600 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 620 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 610 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium.
  • the user interface 630 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with the required equipment.
  • the connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
  • the processor 600 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 620 can store data used by the processor 600 when performing operations.
  • the user equipment first receives the first downlink control information DCI used for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all the first physical information associated with the first DCI multi-slot scheduling.
  • the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the downlink shared channel PDSCH the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and feedback the first feedback information on the feedback time slot, that is, corresponding to the first DCI multi-slot scheduling All the feedback information of the first PDSCH, therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback slots of each first PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, which avoids the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
  • the network device of the embodiment of the present disclosure includes: a transceiver 710, a memory 720, a processor 700, and is stored on the memory 720 and can run on the processor 700 The computer program; the processor 700 is used to read the program in the memory;
  • the transceiver 710 is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the processor is also used for:
  • the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel.
  • K is the time slot offset.
  • the transceiver is also used for:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • processor is also used for:
  • processor is also used for:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • processor is also used for:
  • the third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the transceiver when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the transceiver is also used for:
  • Send second downlink control information where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2.
  • the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
  • Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 700 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 720 are linked together.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein.
  • the bus interface provides the interface.
  • the transceiver 710 may be multiple elements, including a transmitter and a transceiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor 700 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 720 can store data used by the processor 700 when performing operations.
  • the network device first sends the first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all the first physical information associated with the first DCI multi-slot scheduling.
  • the location of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the downlink shared channel PDSCH so that the network device can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and receive the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot, which corresponds to the first DCI
  • the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs of the multi-slot scheduling therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, avoiding the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
  • Another embodiment of the present disclosure provides a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing device, including:
  • the first receiving module is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the first sending module is configured to feed back first feedback information in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the device also includes:
  • the first processing module is configured to use the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the first physical The last physical downlink shared channel in the downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
  • the device further includes:
  • a second processing module configured to generate first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the second processing module includes:
  • the first processing submodule is configured to determine the time slot of the second time slot in the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information according to the second time slot in which the first physical downlink shared channel is located Sort number
  • the second processing submodule is configured to determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
  • the second processing submodule is also used for:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • the first processing module is also used for:
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the apparatus when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the apparatus further includes:
  • the second downlink control information receiving module is configured to receive second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and the second downlink control information is used for In the case of multi-slot scheduling, the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the second downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information. number;
  • the first sending module is also used for:
  • the fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
  • the device further includes:
  • the third processing module is configured to generate the fourth feedback information
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • the device first receives first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all first physical downlinks associated with the first DCI multi-slot scheduling
  • the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the shared channel PDSCH the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and feed back the first feedback information on the feedback time slot, that is, correspond to all of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling
  • the feedback information of the first PDSCH therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback slots of each first PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, thereby avoiding the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
  • the device is a device to which the aforementioned hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to user equipment is applied, and the implementation of the aforementioned hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to user equipment is applicable to the device, and The same technical effect can be achieved.
  • Another embodiment of the present disclosure provides a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing device, including:
  • the second sending module is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, the first The indication information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
  • the second receiving module is configured to receive first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
  • the first indication information includes a time slot offset
  • the device also includes:
  • the fourth processing module is configured to use the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the first physical The last physical downlink shared channel in the downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
  • the second receiving module is also used for:
  • M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • ⁇ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel
  • ⁇ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  • the second receiving module includes:
  • the third processing submodule is configured to determine the time slot of the second time slot in the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information according to the second time slot in which the first physical downlink shared channel is located Sort number
  • the fourth processing submodule is configured to determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sequence number.
  • the fourth processing sub-module is also used for:
  • the second feedback information If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information.
  • the feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
  • x is the sequence number of the time slot
  • y M*L*x-1
  • p M*L.
  • the second receiving module is also used for:
  • the third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
  • the remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  • the apparatus when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the apparatus further includes:
  • the second downlink control information sending module is configured to send second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and the second downlink control information is used for In the case of multi-slot scheduling, the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the second downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information. number;
  • the second receiving module is also used for:
  • Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
  • the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling
  • the information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  • the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information
  • N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information
  • L 1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
  • the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
  • the second instruction information and the third instruction information are the same.
  • the second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier
  • the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
  • the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  • the device first sends first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all first physical downlinks associated with the first DCI multi-slot scheduling
  • the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the channel PDSCH is shared, so that the network device can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and receive the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot, that is, the first DCI corresponds to a long time
  • the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs scheduled by the slot therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback slots of each first PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, thereby avoiding the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
  • the device is a device that applies the foregoing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to network equipment, and the implementation of the foregoing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to network equipment is applicable to the device, and The same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • the computer program is executed by a processor, the hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback processing method applied to the user equipment as described above is implemented
  • the embodiment or, implements the various processes of the embodiment of the hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to the network device as described above, and can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here.
  • the computer-readable storage medium such as read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • the technical solution of the present disclosure essentially or the part that contributes to the related technology can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk). ) Includes several instructions to enable a user device (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method described in each embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a user device which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.
  • the division of the above modules is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated.
  • these modules can all be implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some modules can be implemented in the form of calling software by processing elements, and some of the modules can be implemented in the form of hardware.
  • the determining module may be a separately established processing element, or it may be integrated into a certain chip of the above-mentioned device for implementation.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above modules can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor element or instructions in the form of software.
  • each module, unit, sub-unit or sub-module may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital signal processors, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), etc.
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuits
  • DSP digital signal processors
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call program codes.
  • these modules can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Detection And Prevention Of Errors In Transmission (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method, apparatus and device. The method comprises: receiving first downlink control information, wherein the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first downlink control information comprises first indication information, the first indication information is used for indicating the position of the same feedback slot corresponding to all first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channels are multi-slot scheduled physical downlink shared channels; and feeding back first feedback information on the feedback slot, wherein the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.

Description

混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法、装置及设备Hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback processing method, device and equipment
相关申请的交叉引用Cross references to related applications
本申请主张在2019年4月30日在中国提交的中国专利申请号No.201910362124.7的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims the priority of Chinese Patent Application No. 201910362124.7 filed in China on April 30, 2019, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本公开涉及通信技术领域,特别涉及一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法、装置及设备。The present disclosure relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular to a method, device and equipment for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback.
背景技术Background technique
相关技术中,5G新空口NR支持一个物理下行控制信道PDCCH调度一个物理下行共享信道PDSCH传输,而对于不同子载波间隔SCS配置的载波聚合,当调度载波配置的SCS小于被调度载波配置的SCS时,为了降低调度载波上的PDCCH开销,还会支持一个PDCCH调度多个时隙中的不同PDSCH传输。In related technologies, 5G new air interface NR supports one physical downlink control channel PDCCH to schedule a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH transmission, and for carrier aggregation with different subcarrier spacing SCS configurations, when the SCS of the scheduled carrier is less than the SCS of the scheduled carrier In order to reduce the PDCCH overhead on the scheduling carrier, one PDCCH is also supported to schedule different PDSCH transmissions in multiple time slots.
但是,对于多时隙调度的下行控制信息DCI,仅能单独的针对一个所调度的PDSCH的反馈位置进行指示,会使得DCI开销过大。However, for the downlink control information DCI of multi-slot scheduling, only the feedback position of one scheduled PDSCH can be indicated separately, which will cause excessive DCI overhead.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本本公开的目的在于提供一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法、装置及设备,以避免多时隙调度中DCI开销过大。The purpose of the present disclosure is to provide a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method, device and equipment to avoid excessive DCI overhead in multi-slot scheduling.
为了达到上述目的,本公开提供一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法,包括:In order to achieve the foregoing objective, the present disclosure provides a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, including:
接收第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;Receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used for The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第 一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The first feedback information is fed back in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述接收第一下行控制信息之后,还包括:After receiving the first downlink control information, the method further includes:
将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述接收第一下行控制信息之后,还包括:Wherein, after receiving the first downlink control information, the method further includes:
对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000001
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000001
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:Wherein, the generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information includes:
根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
其中,所述根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置,包括:Wherein, the determining the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number includes:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个 比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:Wherein, the generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information includes:
在所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,Place third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述接收第一下行控制信息之前或之后,还包括:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the receiving first downlink control Before or after the information, it also includes:
接收第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Receiving second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
所述在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息包括:The feeding back the first feedback information in the feedback time slot includes:
在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。The fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
其中,在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息之前,还包括:Wherein, before feeding back the fourth feedback information in the feedback time slot, the method further includes:
生成所述第四反馈信息;Generating the fourth feedback information;
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第 二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于不同多时隙调度配置的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
为了达到上述目的,本公开提供一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法,包括:In order to achieve the foregoing objective, the present disclosure provides a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, including:
发送第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;Send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that all The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。Receiving first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述发送第一下行控制信息之后,还包括:After the first downlink control information is sent, the method further includes:
将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反 馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,包括:Wherein, the receiving the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot includes:
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Receiving first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000002
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000002
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:Wherein, the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
其中,所述根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置,包括:Wherein, the determining the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number includes:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包 括:Wherein, the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
获取所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,The third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述发送第一下行控制信息之前或之后,还包括:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the first downlink control information is sent Before or after the information, it also includes:
发送第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Send second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息包括:The receiving the first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置之前,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于多时隙调度配置不同的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
为了达到上述目的,本公开提供一种用户设备,包括收发器、存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序;所述处理器用于读取存储器中的程序;In order to achieve the above objective, the present disclosure provides a user equipment, including a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor; the processor is used to read the memory program of;
所述收发器用于:接收第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The transceiver is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information It is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The first feedback information is fed back in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述处理器还用于:The processor is also used for:
将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度 的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000003
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000003
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
在所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,Place third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述收发器还用于:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the transceiver is also used for:
接收第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、 多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Receiving second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。The fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
生成所述第四反馈信息;Generating the fourth feedback information;
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于不同多时隙调度配置的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
为了达到上述目的,本公开提供一种网络设备,包括收发器、存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序;所述处理器用于读取存储器中的程序;In order to achieve the above object, the present disclosure provides a network device, including a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor; the processor is used to read the memory program of;
所述收发器用于:发送第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括一第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The transceiver is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。Receiving first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述处理器还用于:The processor is also used for:
将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述收发器还用于:Wherein, the transceiver is also used for:
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Receiving first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000004
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000004
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
获取所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,The third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述收发器还用于:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the transceiver is also used for:
发送第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Send second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信 息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置之前,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于多时隙调度配置不同的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
为了达到上述目的,本公开提供一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理装置,包括:In order to achieve the above objective, the present disclosure provides a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing device, including:
第一接收模块,用于接收第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The first receiving module is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
第一发送模块,用于在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The first sending module is configured to feed back first feedback information in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
为了达到上述目的,本公开提供一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理装置,包括:In order to achieve the above objective, the present disclosure provides a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing device, including:
第二发送模块,用于发送第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括一第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The second sending module is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, the first The indication information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
第二接收模块,用于接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The second receiving module is configured to receive first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
为了达到上述目的,本公开提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如上应用于用户设备的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的步骤,或者,实现如上应用于网络设备的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的步骤。In order to achieve the above object, the present disclosure provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, it realizes the hybrid automatic repeat request feedback applied to the user equipment as above. The steps of the processing method, or the steps of the hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback processing method applied to the network device as described above.
本公开的上述技术方案至少具有如下有益效果:The above technical solutions of the present disclosure have at least the following beneficial effects:
本公开实施例的方法,首先会接收用于多时隙调度的第一下行控制信息DCI,其中,第一DCI包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示与第一DCI多时隙调度的全部的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,用户设备通过该第一指示信息就能够确定一反馈时隙,在该反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,即对应第一DCI多时隙调度的全部第一PDSCH的反馈信息,因此,无需对第一DCI多时隙调度的各个第一PDSCH的反馈时隙进行分别指示,避免了DCI开销过大的问题。In the method of the embodiment of the present disclosure, the first downlink control information DCI used for multi-slot scheduling is first received, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all information related to the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and feed back the first feedback information on the feedback time slot, which corresponds to the first DCI The feedback information of all the first PDSCHs of the multi-slot scheduling, therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, which avoids the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1表示本公开实施例的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的流程示意图之一;FIG. 1 shows one of the schematic flowcharts of the method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图2表示多时隙调度的示意图之一;Figure 2 shows one of the schematic diagrams of multi-slot scheduling;
图3表示本公开实施例的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的流程示意图之二;FIG. 3 shows the second schematic flowchart of a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4表示多时隙调度的示意图之二;Figure 4 shows the second schematic diagram of multi-slot scheduling;
图5表示本公开另一实施例混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback according to another embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6表示本公开实施例的用户设备结构示意图;FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7表示本公开实施例的网络设备结构示意图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本公开要解决的技术问题、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图及具体实施例进行详细描述。In order to make the technical problems, technical solutions and advantages to be solved by the present disclosure clearer, a detailed description will be given below with reference to the drawings and specific embodiments.
如图1所示,本公开实施例提供一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法,包括:As shown in FIG. 1, an embodiment of the present disclosure provides a method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback, including:
步骤101,接收第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;Step 101: Receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
步骤102,在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。Step 102: Feed back first feedback information in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
本公开实施例的方法,应用于用户设备,通过上述步骤101和102,首先会接收用于多时隙调度的第一下行控制信息DCI,其中,第一DCI包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示与第一DCI多时隙调度的全部的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,用户设备通过该第一指示信息就能够确定一反馈时隙,在该反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,即对应第一DCI多时隙调度的全部第一PDSCH的反馈信息,因此,无需对第一DCI多时隙调度的各个第一PDSCH的反馈时隙进行分别指示,避免了DCI开销过大的问题。The method of the embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to a user equipment. Through the above steps 101 and 102, the first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling is first received, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first The indication information indicates the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. The user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information. The first feedback information is fed back, that is, the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs corresponding to the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. Therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, which avoids DCI The problem of excessive overhead.
应该知道的是,该实施例中第一DCI是物理下行控制信道PDCCH上携带的,通过该第一DCI调度不同时隙上的PDSCH。具体的,反馈信息为混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈信息。It should be known that the first DCI in this embodiment is carried on the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and PDSCHs on different time slots are scheduled through the first DCI. Specifically, the feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback information.
如图2所示的调度示意图,基站配置用户设备使用两个载波聚合传输, 载波1的SCS配置为15kHz,载波2的子载波间隔配置为60kHz。基站通过载波1对载波2上传输的PDSCH进行跨载波调度,物理上行控制信道PUCCH在载波1上传输。在载波1时隙n中传输的PDCCH携带DCI,该DCI用于多时隙调度,调度载波2上时隙4n+1和时隙4n+2中的PDSCH传输。在载波1时隙n+1中传输的PDCCH携带DCI,该DCI用于多时隙调度,调度载波2上时隙4n+4、时隙4n+5和时隙4n+7中的PDSCH传输。As shown in the scheduling schematic diagram in Figure 2, the base station configures the user equipment to use two carrier aggregation transmissions, the SCS of carrier 1 is configured to 15 kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of carrier 2 is configured to 60 kHz. The base station performs cross-carrier scheduling on the PDSCH transmitted on carrier 2 through carrier 1, and the physical uplink control channel PUCCH is transmitted on carrier 1. The PDCCH transmitted in time slot n of carrier 1 carries DCI. The DCI is used for multi-slot scheduling to schedule PDSCH transmission in time slot 4n+1 and time slot 4n+2 on carrier 2. The PDCCH transmitted in time slot n+1 of carrier 1 carries DCI, and the DCI is used for multi-slot scheduling to schedule PDSCH transmission in time slot 4n+4, time slot 4n+5, and time slot 4n+7 on carrier 2.
可选地,该实施例中,为明确反馈时隙位置,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Optionally, in this embodiment, in order to clarify the feedback slot position, the first indication information includes the slot offset;
所述接收第一下行控制信息之后,还包括:After receiving the first downlink control information, the method further includes:
将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
假设第一DCI调度的最后一个PDSCH对应时隙n,基于第一指示信息的时隙偏移量K,则会将时隙n+K作为反馈时隙,将第一DCI调度的所有PDSCH的HARQ反馈信息。Assuming that the last PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI corresponds to time slot n, based on the time slot offset K of the first indication information, time slot n+K will be used as the feedback time slot, and HARQ of all PDSCHs scheduled by the first DCI Feedback.
这里,该第一时隙并非第二PDSCH当前载波的时隙位置,而是对应于携带第一DCI调度的PDSCH对应的HARQ-ACK反馈信息的载波上的时隙位置。延续图2的示例,基站配置的时隙偏移量集合(HARQ反馈时序集合)中包含两个K值:{1,2}。用户设备根据时隙n中接收到的DCI指示的时隙偏移量K=2,且调度的最后一个PDSCH对应时隙n,则确定对应的反馈时隙为时隙n+2;根据时隙n+1中接收到的DCI指示的时隙偏移量K=1,且调度的最后一个PDSCH对应时隙n+1,则确定对应的反馈时隙为时隙n+2。Here, the first time slot is not the time slot position of the current carrier of the second PDSCH, but corresponds to the time slot position on the carrier carrying the HARQ-ACK feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI. Continuing the example of FIG. 2, the slot offset set (HARQ feedback timing set) configured by the base station contains two K values: {1, 2}. According to the time slot offset K=2 indicated by the DCI received in time slot n, and the last scheduled PDSCH corresponds to time slot n, the user equipment determines that the corresponding feedback time slot is time slot n+2; The time slot offset indicated by the DCI received in n+1 is K=1, and the last PDSCH scheduled corresponds to time slot n+1, then it is determined that the corresponding feedback time slot is time slot n+2.
应该了解的是,该实施例中的反馈信息可选使用动态反馈码本。因此,可选地,在步骤101之后,还包括:It should be understood that the feedback information in this embodiment can optionally use a dynamic feedback codebook. Therefore, optionally, after step 101, it further includes:
对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置 使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
可选地,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000005
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Optionally, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000005
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
这里,μ 1和μ 2均是根据载波的子载波间隔SCS配置预先配置的。 Here, both μ 1 and μ 2 are pre-configured according to the SCS configuration of the subcarrier spacing of the carrier.
以图2中时隙n中接收到的DCI为例,因载波1的SCS配置为15kHz,载波2的子载波间隔配置为60kHz,根据预先配置可知μ 1=2,μ 2=0则
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000006
若用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组CGB的传输,被配置在两个载波上均被配置单码字传输,则对时隙n中DCI调度的PDSCH生成M*N*L=1*4*1=4比特反馈信息。同样的,图2中对时隙n+1中DCI调度的PDSCH生成M*N*L=1*4*1=4比特反馈信息。这样,一共生成8比特反馈信息。
Taking the DCI received in time slot n in Figure 2 as an example, since the SCS of carrier 1 is configured as 15 kHz, and the sub-carrier spacing of carrier 2 is configured as 60 kHz, according to the pre-configuration, it can be seen that μ 1 = 2, and μ 2 =0.
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000006
If the user equipment is not configured to use code block group CGB-based transmission, and is configured on both carriers to be configured for single-codeword transmission, M*N*L=1*4 is generated for the PDSCH scheduled by DCI in time slot n *1=4-bit feedback information. Similarly, in FIG. 2, M*N*L=1*4*1=4-bit feedback information is generated for the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI in the time slot n+1. In this way, a total of 8 bits of feedback information is generated.
在该实施例中,由于第一反馈信息是对应所调度的所有物理下行共享信道,因此,为了更好地针对各个PDSCH进行反馈,可选地,所述对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,如图3所示,包括:In this embodiment, because the first feedback information corresponds to all the scheduled physical downlink shared channels, in order to better feedback each PDSCH, optionally, the first downlink control information is All the scheduled physical downlink shared channels generate first feedback information of M*N*L bits, as shown in Figure 3, including:
步骤301,根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Step 301: Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
步骤302,根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Step 302: Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
这里,第二反馈信息为第一DCI所调度的一个PDSCH的反馈信息,按照上述步骤301和302,用户设备会在生成的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息中,通过对应的比特位置来实现各个PDSCH的反馈。Here, the second feedback information is the feedback information of a PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI. According to the above steps 301 and 302, the user equipment will pass the corresponding bit position in the generated first feedback information of M*N*L bits. To realize the feedback of each PDSCH.
例如图2所示,载波1时隙n中接收到的DCI,调度载波2上时隙4n+1中的PDSCH,其时隙排列编号为2;调度载波2上时隙4n+2中的PDSCH,其时隙排列编号为3。而因载波1时隙n中接收到的DCI调度的反馈信息与载波1时隙n+1中接收到的DCI调度的反馈信息将在同一反馈时隙上反馈,For example, as shown in Figure 2, the DCI received in time slot n of carrier 1 is scheduled for the PDSCH in time slot 4n+1 on carrier 2, and its time slot arrangement number is 2; the PDSCH in time slot 4n+2 on carrier 2 is scheduled , And its time slot arrangement number is 3. And because the feedback information of DCI scheduling received in time slot n of carrier 1 and the feedback information of DCI scheduling received in time slot n+1 of carrier 1 will be fed back in the same feedback time slot,
考虑到用户设备的对应配置,具体地,步骤302包括:Considering the corresponding configuration of the user equipment, specifically, step 302 includes:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
这里,对于仅针对一个PDSCH的第二反馈信息即确定ACK反馈信息,在其比特数等于1时,会在第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置该第二反馈信息,如M=1,L=1在N个时隙中,第a个时隙上被调度了PDSCH传输,则将对应的1比特反馈信息放置在N比特反馈信息中的第a个比特位置上。在其比特数大于1时,一方面可在第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置该第二反馈信息,如M=2,L=1在N个时隙中,第a个时隙上被调度了PDSCH传输,则将对应的2比特反馈信息放置在N比特反馈信息中的第2a-1和第2a个比特位置上;另一方面,可在该第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置该第二反馈信息,如M=2,L=1在N个时隙中,第a个时隙上被调度了PDSCH传输,则将对应的2比特反馈信息放置在N比特反馈信息中的第a和第a+N个比特位置上。Here, for the second feedback information for only one PDSCH, that is, ACK feedback information, when the number of bits is equal to 1, the second feedback information will be placed at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information, such as M=1 , L=1 In N time slots, PDSCH transmission is scheduled on the a-th time slot, and the corresponding 1-bit feedback information is placed at the a-th bit position in the N-bit feedback information. When the number of bits is greater than 1, on the one hand, the second feedback information can be placed at consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, such as M=2, L=1 when N In the slot, PDSCH transmission is scheduled on the a-th time slot, and the corresponding 2-bit feedback information is placed in the 2a-1 and 2a-th bit positions in the N-bit feedback information; on the other hand, it can be The first feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is the period. For example, M=2, L=1 in N time slots, the a-th time slot If PDSCH transmission is scheduled on the above, the corresponding 2-bit feedback information is placed at the ath and a+Nth bit positions in the N-bit feedback information.
延续图2的示例,一共生成的8比特反馈信息,其中第二个比特对应于载波2时隙4n+1中传输的PDSCH,第三个比特对应于载波2时隙4n+2中传输的PDSCH,第五个比特对应于载波2时隙4n+4中传输的PDSCH,第六个比特对应于载波2时隙4n+5中传输的PDSCH,第八个比特对应于载波2时隙4n+7中传输的PDSCH。Continuing the example in Figure 2, a total of 8 bits of feedback information are generated, where the second bit corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 2 time slot 4n+1, and the third bit corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 2 time slot 4n+2 , The fifth bit corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 2 timeslot 4n+4, the sixth bit corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 2 timeslot 4n+5, and the eighth bit corresponds to carrier 2 timeslot 4n+7 PDSCH in transmission.
另外,对于多时隙调度DCI实际调度的PDSCH时隙数小于N的情况,生成的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息不能够完全与调度的PDSCH对应,因此,可选地,所述对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:In addition, when the number of PDSCH slots actually scheduled by the multi-slot scheduling DCI is less than N, the generated first feedback information of M*N*L bits cannot completely correspond to the scheduled PDSCH. Therefore, optionally, the pair The generation of first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information includes:
在所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,Place third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
如此,用户设备会对于未接收到PDSCH的时隙生成否定NACK反馈信息,如将第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上填0。In this way, the user equipment will generate negative NACK feedback information for the time slots where the PDSCH is not received, for example, fill the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information with 0.
延续图2示例,若用户设备对PDSCH全部正确解调,则在时隙n+2的PUCCH资源中反馈的第一反馈信息(HARQ-ACK码本)为01101101。Continuing the example of FIG. 2, if the user equipment demodulates all PDSCHs correctly, the first feedback information (HARQ-ACK codebook) fed back in the PUCCH resource of time slot n+2 is 01101101.
此外,基于用户设备的配置,该实施例中,可选地,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,步骤101之前或之后,还包括:In addition, based on the configuration of the user equipment, in this embodiment, optionally, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier The number of time slots is different. Before or after step 101, it also includes:
接收第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Receiving second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
所述在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息包括:The feeding back the first feedback information in the feedback time slot includes:
在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。The fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
按照上述内容,用户设备会在接收第一DCI之前或之后接收到第二DCI,而该第二DCI用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放(即半持续调度SPS PDSCH释放),且该第二DCI用于多时隙调度的情况下,该第二DCI最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于第一DCI最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数,这样,对于同一反馈时隙进行第四反馈信息反馈时,除包括第一反馈信息外,还包括对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息(第五反馈信息)。这样,就能够在反馈时隙上实现更高效的反馈。According to the above content, the user equipment will receive the second DCI before or after receiving the first DCI, and the second DCI is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release (ie semi-persistent scheduling SPS PDSCH release), and When the second DCI is used for multi-slot scheduling, the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the second DCI is greater than or less than the number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled for the first DCI, In this way, when the fourth feedback information feedback is performed for the same feedback time slot, in addition to the first feedback information, it also includes feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, and channel release (fifth feedback information). In this way, more efficient feedback can be achieved on the feedback slot.
例如,在图2示例的基础上,假设基站还在载波1的时隙n中通过一个DCI指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放(信道释放),还通过另一个DCI调度了载波1时隙n中的PDSCH传输(单时隙调度),两者的反馈时隙也为时隙n+2。则也会在时隙n+2的PUCCH资源中传输SPS PDSCH释放和载波1时 隙n中的PDSCH的反馈信息。For example, based on the example in Figure 2, suppose that the base station also instructs SPS PDSCH release (channel release) on carrier 2 through a DCI in time slot n of carrier 1, and also schedules time slot n of carrier 1 through another DCI. For PDSCH transmission (single-slot scheduling), the feedback time slot of both is also time slot n+2. Then, the SPS PDSCH release and the feedback information of the PDSCH in time slot n of carrier 1 will also be transmitted in the PUCCH resource of time slot n+2.
可选地,在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息之前,还包括:Optionally, before feeding back the fourth feedback information in the feedback time slot, the method further includes:
生成所述第四反馈信息;Generating the fourth feedback information;
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
这里,对于生成第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息的实现,一方面是根据DCI的类型,将对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息作为第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息作为第二子码本,通过第一子码本和第二子码本的级联获得;另一方面则是将属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息作为同一子码本,通过所得的多个子码本的级联获得。其中,级联会基于预设规则将子码本进行先后排序,如对于第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,可以先放第一子码本后放第二子码本,也可以先放第二子码本后放第一子码本。Here, for the realization of generating the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, on the one hand, according to the type of DCI, the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is used as the first subcodebook, corresponding to the feedback information of multi-slot scheduling As the second sub-codebook, it is obtained through the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook; on the other hand, the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is used as the same sub-codebook. The cascade of multiple sub-codebooks is obtained. Among them, the cascade will sort the sub-codebooks based on preset rules. For example, for the cascade of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, you can put the first sub-codebook first and then the second sub-codebook. It is also possible to put the second sub-codebook first and then the first sub-codebook.
此外,可选地,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; In addition, optionally, when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
这里,对于第二DCI用于多时隙调度的情况,参考第一反馈信息的生成,第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息。 Here, for the case where the second DCI is used for multi-slot scheduling, refer to the generation of the first feedback information, and the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information.
例如,在图2示例的基础上,假设基站还在载波1的时隙n中通过一个DCI指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放(信道释放),还通过另一个DCI调度了载波1时隙n中的PDSCH传输(单时隙调度),两者的反馈时隙也为时隙 n+2,反馈时隙存在以下实现:For example, based on the example in Figure 2, suppose that the base station also instructs SPS PDSCH release (channel release) on carrier 2 through a DCI in time slot n of carrier 1, and also schedules time slot n of carrier 1 through another DCI. For PDSCH transmission (single-slot scheduling), the feedback time slot of both is also time slot n+2, and the feedback time slot has the following realizations:
实现一:载波1指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放的DCI和时隙n传输的PDSCH对应的反馈信息为一个子码本,载波2时隙4n+1/4n+2/4n+4/4n+5/4n+7中传输的PDSCH对应的反馈信息为一个子码本。假设用户设备在两个载波上均被配置单码字传输,则第一个子码本中包含2个反馈比特,第二个子码本中包含8个反馈比特,这8比特(对应图2两个第一DCI调度的反馈信息)的确定如上述内容,在此不再赘述。其级联顺序是未使用多时隙调度的DCI对应的2比特反馈信息在前,使用多时隙调度的DCI对应的反馈信息对应的10比特反馈信息在后。当然,该级联顺序还可以是使用多时隙调度的DCI对应的反馈信息对应的10比特反馈信息在前,未使用多时隙调度的DCI对应的2比特反馈信息在后。Implementation 1: Carrier 1 instructs the SPS PDSCH on carrier 2 to release the DCI and the feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted in time slot n as a sub-codebook. Carrier 2 time slot 4n+1/4n+2/4n+4/4n+ The feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted in 5/4n+7 is a sub-codebook. Assuming that the user equipment is configured for single codeword transmission on both carriers, the first sub-codebook contains 2 feedback bits, and the second sub-codebook contains 8 feedback bits. These 8 bits (corresponding to Figure 2 two The determination of the feedback information of the first DCI scheduling) is as described above, and will not be repeated here. The cascading sequence is that the 2-bit feedback information corresponding to the DCI that does not use multi-slot scheduling comes first, and the 10-bit feedback information corresponding to the feedback information corresponding to the DCI that uses multi-slot scheduling is last. Of course, the cascading sequence may also be that the 10-bit feedback information corresponding to the feedback information corresponding to the DCI using multi-slot scheduling is first, and the 2-bit feedback information corresponding to the DCI not using the multi-slot scheduling is last.
实现二:载波1时隙n传输的PDSCH对应的反馈信息为一个子码本,载波1指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放的DCI以及载波2时隙4n+1/4n+2/4n+4/4n+5/4n+7中传输PDSCH的DCI对应的反馈信息为一个子码本。用户设备在两个载波上均被配置单码字传输,则第一个子码本中仅包含1个反馈比特,第二个子码本中包含12个反馈比特,即对3个DCI调度的PDSCH分别产生4比特反馈信息。对于指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放的DCI,用户设备可以基于解调结果生成重复的比特信息,例如解调正确时用户设备生成4比特ACK,或者解调失败时生成4比特NACK,或者用户设备也可以生成1比特有效反馈信息,在剩余的3比特位置上补充NACK。用户设备将这两个子码本进行级联得到13比特反馈信息。具体的级联顺序可以根据载波编号顺序进行级联,如载波1对应的1比特反馈信息在前,载波2对应的12比特反馈信息在后。当然,也可以载波2对应的12比特反馈信息在前,载波1对应的1比特反馈信息在后。Implementation 2: The feedback information corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted in carrier 1 time slot n is a subcodebook, carrier 1 indicates the DCI released by the SPS PDSCH on carrier 2, and carrier 2 time slot 4n+1/4n+2/4n+4/ The feedback information corresponding to the DCI for transmitting the PDSCH in 4n+5/4n+7 is a sub-codebook. The user equipment is configured with single codeword transmission on both carriers, so the first subcodebook contains only 1 feedback bit, and the second subcodebook contains 12 feedback bits, that is, the PDSCH scheduled for 3 DCIs Generate 4-bit feedback information respectively. For the DCI indicating the release of SPS PDSCH on carrier 2, the user equipment can generate repeated bit information based on the demodulation result, for example, the user equipment generates a 4-bit ACK when the demodulation is correct, or generates a 4-bit NACK when the demodulation fails, or the user equipment It is also possible to generate 1-bit valid feedback information and supplement NACK in the remaining 3-bit positions. The user equipment cascades the two sub-codebooks to obtain 13-bit feedback information. The specific cascading sequence can be cascaded according to the carrier number sequence, for example, the 1-bit feedback information corresponding to carrier 1 comes first, and the 12-bit feedback information corresponding to carrier 2 comes later. Of course, it is also possible that the 12-bit feedback information corresponding to carrier 2 comes first, and the 1-bit feedback information corresponding to carrier 1 comes later.
实现三:在载波1的时隙n的同一个PDCCH检测机会中存在3个DCI,分别用于指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放,调度载波1时隙n中的PDSCH传输,调度载波2上的PDSCH传输,在载波1的时隙n+1中存在1个DCI,则对于每个DCI生成4比特反馈信息,一共生成16比特反馈信息。前4比特信息为对指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放的DCI的反馈信息,用户设备 可以基于解调结果生成重复的比特信息,也可以生成1比特有效反馈信息,在剩余的3比特位置上补充NACK。第5~8比特信息为对载波1时隙n中的PDSCH传输的反馈信息,同样的,用户设备可以基于解调结果生成重复的比特信息,也可以生成1比特有效反馈信息,在剩余的3比特位置上补充NACK。最后的8比特信息(对应图2两个第一DCI调度的反馈信息)的确定如上述内容,在此不再赘述。Implementation 3: There are 3 DCIs in the same PDCCH detection opportunity in time slot n of carrier 1, which are used to indicate the release of SPS PDSCH on carrier 2, scheduling PDSCH transmission in time slot n of carrier 1, and scheduling For PDSCH transmission, there is 1 DCI in the time slot n+1 of carrier 1, and then 4-bit feedback information is generated for each DCI, and 16-bit feedback information is generated in total. The first 4 bits of information are feedback information indicating the DCI released by the SPS PDSCH on carrier 2. The user equipment can generate repeated bit information based on the demodulation result, or generate 1-bit effective feedback information, and supplement the remaining 3 bits. NACK. The 5th to 8th bits of information are feedback information for the PDSCH transmission in time slot n of carrier 1. Similarly, the user equipment can generate repeated bit information based on the demodulation result, or it can generate 1-bit effective feedback information. NACK is added to the bit position. The final 8-bit information (corresponding to the feedback information of the two first DCI scheduling in FIG. 2) is determined as described above, and will not be repeated here.
一般而言,该实施例中,可以根据DCI格式或者DCI调度信息对应的载波配置来确定DCI是否为多时隙调度的DCI。如:使用多时隙调度的DCI为被配置使用多时隙调度的载波上传输的PDSCH对应的DCI格式1_1,未使用多时隙调度的DCI为未被配置使用多时隙调度的载波上传输的PDSCH对应的DCI格式1_0和DCI格式1_1,被配置使用多时隙调度的载波上传输的指示SPS PDSCH释放的DCI以及被配置使用多时隙调度的载波上传输的PDSCH对应的DCI格式1_0。Generally speaking, in this embodiment, whether the DCI is a multi-slot scheduling DCI can be determined according to the DCI format or the carrier configuration corresponding to the DCI scheduling information. For example, the DCI using multi-slot scheduling corresponds to the DCI format 1_1 corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted on the carrier configured to use multi-slot scheduling, and the DCI not using multi-slot scheduling corresponds to the PDSCH transmitted on the carrier that is not configured to use multi-slot scheduling. DCI format 1_0 and DCI format 1_1, the DCI indicating SPS PDSCH release transmitted on the carrier configured to use multi-slot scheduling, and the DCI format 1_0 corresponding to the PDSCH transmitted on the carrier configured to use multi-slot scheduling.
进一步可选地,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Further optionally, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于不同多时隙调度配置的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
例如在图2示例的基础上,假设基站还在载波1的时隙n中通过一个DCI指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放,还通过另一个DCI调度了载波1时隙n中的PDSCH传输,两者的反馈时隙也为时隙n+2。在上述反馈方式的实现一中,基站对于两个子码本对应的DCI中的C-DAI(第二指示信息)和T-DAI(第三指示信息)分别进行设置,即对基于多时隙调度的DCI和未使用多时 隙调度的DCI中的C-DAI和T-DAI分别进行计数。在上述反馈方式的实现二中,基站对于两个载波的DCI中的C-DAI和T-DAI分别进行设置,即对载波1的DCI和载波2的DCI中的C-DAI和T-DAI分别进行计数:载波1时隙n指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放的DCI中的C-DAI为1,T-DAI为2;载波1时隙n调度载波2上时隙4n+1和时隙4n+2中PDSCH传输的DCI中C-DAI和T-DAI值均为2;载波1时隙n+1的DCI中的C-DAI和T-DAI值均为3,调度载波2上时隙4n+4、时隙4n+5和时隙4n+7中的PDSCH传输。在上述反馈方式的实现三中,基站对载波1的DCI和载波2的DCI中的C-DAI和T-DAI联合进行计数:指示载波2上的SPS PDSCH释放、调度载波1时隙n中的PDSCH传输、调度载波2上的PDSCH传输的DCI中,对应的C-DAI分别为1/2/3,T-DAI均为3,载波1时隙n+1中DCI包含的C-DAI和T-DAI均为4。For example, based on the example in Figure 2, suppose that the base station also instructs the release of SPS PDSCH on carrier 2 through a DCI in time slot n of carrier 1, and also schedules PDSCH transmission in time slot n of carrier 1 through another DCI. The feedback time slot of the person is also time slot n+2. In the first implementation of the above feedback method, the base station sets the C-DAI (second indication information) and T-DAI (third indication information) in the DCI corresponding to the two subcodebooks respectively, that is, for multi-slot scheduling based C-DAI and T-DAI in DCI and DCI that are not used for multi-slot scheduling are counted separately. In the second implementation of the above feedback method, the base station sets the C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI of the two carriers respectively, that is, sets the C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI of carrier 1 and the DCI of carrier 2 respectively. Count: Carrier 1 time slot n indicates that the SPS PDSCH on carrier 2 releases the DCI in which C-DAI is 1 and T-DAI is 2; carrier 1 time slot n schedules time slot 4n+1 and time slot 4n on carrier 2 The values of C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI transmitted by PDSCH in +2 are both 2; the values of C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI of time slot n+1 of carrier 1 are both 3. Time slot 4n on carrier 2 is scheduled +4, PDSCH transmission in time slot 4n+5 and time slot 4n+7. In the third implementation of the above feedback method, the base station counts the C-DAI and T-DAI in the DCI of carrier 1 and the DCI of carrier 2 jointly: instructs the release of SPS PDSCH on carrier 2, and schedules the In the DCI for PDSCH transmission and PDSCH transmission on scheduling carrier 2, the corresponding C-DAI is 1/2/3, T-DAI is 3, and the C-DAI and T contained in the DCI in time slot n+1 of carrier 1 -DAI are all 4.
下面结合图4所示,说明用户设备对使用多时隙调度的载波和未使用多时隙调度的载波对应的反馈信息分为两个子码本,同时由于存在多个多时隙调度的载波且最大可调度的时隙个数不同,对于使用多时隙调度的载波的子码本,用户设备需要基于DCI最大可调度的PDSCH时隙个数确定反馈码本大小的使用说明。此时,基站配置用户设备使用三个载波聚合传输,载波1的SCS配置为15kHz,载波2的子载波间隔配置为30kHz,载波3的子载波间隔配置为60kHz。基站通过载波1对载波2和载波3上传输的PDSCH进行跨载波调度,PUCCH在载波1上传输,基站配置的HARQ反馈时序集合中包含两个K值:{1,2}。基站在载波1第一个PDCCH检测机会中调度了载波1时隙n的PDSCH传输,对应的C-DAI为1。在载波1第一个PDCCH检测机会中还调度了载波3时隙4n+1和4n+2的PDSCH传输,对应的C-DAI和T-DAI均为1。在载波1第二个PDCCH检测机会中调度了载波2时隙2n+1的PDSCH传输,对应的C-DAI和T-DAI均为2。在载波1第三个PDCCH检测机会中调度了载波3时隙4n+4的PDSCH传输,对应的C-DAI和T-DAI均为3。在载波1第四个PDCCH检测机会中调度了载波2时隙2n+2的PDSCH传输,对应的C-DAI和T-DAI均为4。第一个子码本中仅包含载波1时隙n的PDSCH传输对应的反馈信息,第二个子码本包含载波2和载波3中PDSCH 传输的反馈信息。假设用户设备在3个载波上均被配置单码字传输,则第一个子码本中仅包含1个反馈比特,第二个子码本中包含16比特反馈信息,其中第二个子码本是基于最后收到的T-DAI=4以及载波3最大多时隙调度的个数为4确定的。所述16比特反馈信息中前4比特为C-DAI=1的DCI所调度PDSCH的反馈信息,对应载波3上的时隙4n至4n+3;第5~8比特为C-DAI=2的DCI所调度PDSCH的反馈信息,对应载波2上的时隙2n至2n+1(用户设备对所述两个时隙生成2比特反馈信息,在剩余的2比特位置上补充NACK);第9~12比特为C-DAI=3的DCI所调度PDSCH的反馈信息,对应载波3上的时隙4n+4至4n+7;第13~16比特为C-DAI=4的DCI所调度PDSCH的反馈信息,对应载波2上的时隙2n+2至2n+3(用户设备对所述两个时隙生成2比特反馈信息,在剩余的2比特位置上补充NACK);用户设备再将两个子码本进行级联,最后生成17比特反馈信息。假设用户设备正确接收到所有PDSCH的情况下,用户设备产生的反馈比特为10110010010001000。As shown in Figure 4 below, it is explained that the user equipment's feedback information corresponding to the carrier using multi-slot scheduling and the carrier not using multi-slot scheduling is divided into two subcodebooks. At the same time, because there are multiple multi-slot scheduling carriers and the maximum schedulable The number of time slots is different. For sub-codebooks of carriers that use multi-slot scheduling, the user equipment needs to determine the usage instructions of the feedback codebook size based on the maximum number of PDSCH time slots that can be scheduled by DCI. At this time, the base station configures the user equipment to use three carrier aggregation transmissions, the SCS of carrier 1 is configured to 15kHz, the subcarrier spacing of carrier 2 is configured to 30kHz, and the subcarrier spacing of carrier 3 is configured to 60kHz. The base station performs cross-carrier scheduling on the PDSCHs transmitted on carrier 2 and carrier 3 through carrier 1, PUCCH is transmitted on carrier 1, and the HARQ feedback timing set configured by the base station includes two K values: {1,2}. The base station schedules the PDSCH transmission of time slot n of carrier 1 in the first PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1, and the corresponding C-DAI is 1. In the first PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1, PDSCH transmissions of time slots 4n+1 and 4n+2 of carrier 3 are also scheduled, and the corresponding C-DAI and T-DAI are both 1. In the second PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1, PDSCH transmission of time slot 2n+1 of carrier 2 is scheduled, and the corresponding C-DAI and T-DAI are both 2. In the third PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1, the PDSCH transmission of time slot 4n+4 of carrier 3 is scheduled, and the corresponding C-DAI and T-DAI are both 3. In the fourth PDCCH detection opportunity of carrier 1, the PDSCH transmission of time slot 2n+2 of carrier 2 is scheduled, and the corresponding C-DAI and T-DAI are both 4. The first subcodebook only contains feedback information corresponding to PDSCH transmission in carrier 1 time slot n, and the second subcodebook contains feedback information for PDSCH transmission in carrier 2 and carrier 3. Assuming that the user equipment is configured for single codeword transmission on all three carriers, the first subcodebook contains only 1 feedback bit, the second subcodebook contains 16-bit feedback information, and the second subcodebook is It is determined based on the last received T-DAI=4 and the maximum number of multi-slot scheduling of carrier 3 is 4. The first 4 bits of the 16-bit feedback information are the feedback information of the PDSCH scheduled by DCI with C-DAI=1, corresponding to time slots 4n to 4n+3 on carrier 3; the 5th to 8th bits are for C-DAI=2 The feedback information of the PDSCH scheduled by DCI corresponds to the time slots 2n to 2n+1 on carrier 2 (the user equipment generates 2-bit feedback information for the two time slots, and supplements NACK in the remaining 2-bit positions); 12 bits are the feedback information of the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI with C-DAI=3, corresponding to the time slots 4n+4 to 4n+7 on carrier 3; the 13th to 16th bits are the feedback information for the PDSCH scheduled by the DCI with C-DAI=4 Information, corresponding to time slots 2n+2 to 2n+3 on carrier 2 (the user equipment generates 2-bit feedback information for the two time slots and adds NACK to the remaining 2-bit positions); the user equipment adds two more subcodes This is cascaded, and finally 17-bit feedback information is generated. Assuming that the user equipment correctly receives all PDSCHs, the feedback bits generated by the user equipment are 10110010010001000.
综上所述,本公开实施例的方法,首先会接收用于多时隙调度的第一下行控制信息DCI,其中,第一DCI包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示与第一DCI多时隙调度的全部的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,用户设备通过该第一指示信息就能够确定一反馈时隙,在该反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,即对应第一DCI多时隙调度的全部第一PDSCH的反馈信息,因此,无需对第一DCI多时隙调度的各个第一PDSCH的反馈时隙进行分别指示,避免了DCI开销过大的问题。In summary, the method of the embodiments of the present disclosure first receives the first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates that the first DCI The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCHs scheduled by multiple time slots, the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and feed back the first feedback information on the feedback time slot, That is, it corresponds to the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. Therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, which avoids the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
如图5所示,本公开实施例的一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法,包括:As shown in Figure 5, a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes:
步骤501,发送第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;Step 501: Send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
步骤502,接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。Step 502: Receive first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
这里,本公开实施例的方法,应用于网络设备,如基站,网络设备首先会 发送用于多时隙调度的第一下行控制信息DCI,其中,第一DCI包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示与第一DCI多时隙调度的全部的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,以使网络设备通过该第一指示信息就能够确定一反馈时隙,在该反馈时隙上接收反馈的第一反馈信息,即对应第一DCI多时隙调度的全部第一PDSCH的反馈信息,因此,无需对第一DCI多时隙调度的各个第一PDSCH的反馈时隙进行分别指示,避免了DCI开销过大的问题。Here, the method of the embodiment of the present disclosure is applied to a network device, such as a base station. The network device first sends the first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first The indication information indicates the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channel PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, so that the network device can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information. The first feedback information fed back in the time slot is received, that is, the feedback information of all the first PDSCHs corresponding to the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. Therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. , To avoid the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述发送第一下行控制信息之后,还包括:After the first downlink control information is sent, the method further includes:
将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,包括:Wherein, the receiving the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot includes:
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Receiving first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000007
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000007
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:Wherein, the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
其中,所述根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置,包括:Wherein, the determining the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number includes:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:Wherein, the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
获取所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,The third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述发送第一下行控制信息之前或之后,还包括:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the first downlink control information is sent Before or after the information, it also includes:
发送第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Send second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息包括:The receiving the first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置之前,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于多时隙调度配置不同的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
需要说明的是,该方法应用于网络设备,对应于上述应用于用户设备的方法,进行反馈处理,上述应用于用户设备的方法的实现方式适用于该方法,也能达到相同的技术效果,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that this method is applied to network equipment and corresponds to the above-mentioned method applied to user equipment to perform feedback processing. The implementation of the above-mentioned method applied to user equipment is applicable to this method and can achieve the same technical effect. This will not be repeated here.
如图6所示,本公开实施例的一种用户设备,包括:收发器610、存储器620、处理器600及存储在所述存储器620上并可在所述处理器600上运行的计算机程序;所述处理器600用于读取存储器中的程序;As shown in FIG. 6, a user equipment in an embodiment of the present disclosure includes: a transceiver 610, a memory 620, a processor 600, and a computer program stored on the memory 620 and running on the processor 600; The processor 600 is used to read programs in the memory;
所述收发器610用于接收第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一 指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The transceiver 610 is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The first feedback information is fed back in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述处理器还用于:The processor is also used for:
将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000008
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000008
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
在所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,Place third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述收发器还用于:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the transceiver is also used for:
接收第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Receiving second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。The fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
生成所述第四反馈信息;Generating the fourth feedback information;
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一 下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于不同多时隙调度配置的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
其中,在图6中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器600代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器620代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器610可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口630还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。Wherein, in FIG. 6, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 600 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 620 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein. The bus interface provides the interface. The transceiver 610 may be a plurality of elements, that is, including a transmitter and a receiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on the transmission medium. For different user equipment, the user interface 630 may also be an interface capable of connecting externally and internally with the required equipment. The connected equipment includes but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, etc.
处理器600负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器620可以存储处理器600在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 600 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 620 can store data used by the processor 600 when performing operations.
该用户设备首先会接收用于多时隙调度的第一下行控制信息DCI,其中,第一DCI包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示与第一DCI多时隙调度的 全部的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,用户设备通过该第一指示信息就能够确定一反馈时隙,在该反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,即对应第一DCI多时隙调度的全部第一PDSCH的反馈信息,因此,无需对第一DCI多时隙调度的各个第一PDSCH的反馈时隙进行分别指示,避免了DCI开销过大的问题。The user equipment first receives the first downlink control information DCI used for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all the first physical information associated with the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the downlink shared channel PDSCH, the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and feedback the first feedback information on the feedback time slot, that is, corresponding to the first DCI multi-slot scheduling All the feedback information of the first PDSCH, therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback slots of each first PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, which avoids the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
如图7所示,如图7所示,本公开实施例的网络设备,包括:收发器710、存储器720、处理器700及存储在所述存储器720上并可在所述处理器700上运行的计算机程序;所述处理器700用于读取存储器中的程序;As shown in FIG. 7, as shown in FIG. 7, the network device of the embodiment of the present disclosure includes: a transceiver 710, a memory 720, a processor 700, and is stored on the memory 720 and can run on the processor 700 The computer program; the processor 700 is used to read the program in the memory;
所述收发器710用于发送第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括一第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The transceiver 710 is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information. The indication information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。Receiving first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述处理器还用于:The processor is also used for:
将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述收发器还用于:Wherein, the transceiver is also used for:
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Receiving first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000009
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载 波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000009
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述处理器还用于:Wherein, the processor is also used for:
获取所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,The third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述收发器还用于:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the transceiver is also used for:
发送第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Send second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时 隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置之前,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于多时隙调度配置不同的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
其中,在图7中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器700代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器720代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发器710可以是多个元件, 即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器700负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器720可以存储处理器700在执行操作时所使用的数据。Wherein, in FIG. 7, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges. Specifically, one or more processors represented by the processor 700 and various circuits of the memory represented by the memory 720 are linked together. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, power management circuits, etc., which are all known in the art, and therefore, no further descriptions are provided herein. The bus interface provides the interface. The transceiver 710 may be multiple elements, including a transmitter and a transceiver, and provide a unit for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The processor 700 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory 720 can store data used by the processor 700 when performing operations.
该网络设备首先会发送用于多时隙调度的第一下行控制信息DCI,其中,第一DCI包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示与第一DCI多时隙调度的全部的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,以使网络设备通过该第一指示信息就能够确定一反馈时隙,在该反馈时隙上接收反馈的第一反馈信息,即对应第一DCI多时隙调度的全部第一PDSCH的反馈信息,因此,无需对第一DCI多时隙调度的各个第一PDSCH的反馈时隙进行分别指示,避免了DCI开销过大的问题。The network device first sends the first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all the first physical information associated with the first DCI multi-slot scheduling. The location of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the downlink shared channel PDSCH, so that the network device can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and receive the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot, which corresponds to the first DCI The feedback information of all the first PDSCHs of the multi-slot scheduling, therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback time slots of each first PDSCH of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, avoiding the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
本公开另一实施例提供一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理装置,包括:Another embodiment of the present disclosure provides a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing device, including:
第一接收模块,用于接收第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The first receiving module is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
第一发送模块,用于在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The first sending module is configured to feed back first feedback information in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述装置还包括:The device also includes:
第一处理模块,用于将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The first processing module is configured to use the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the first physical The last physical downlink shared channel in the downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述装置还包括:Wherein, the device further includes:
第二处理模块,用于对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;A second processing module, configured to generate first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000010
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000010
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述第二处理模块包括:Wherein, the second processing module includes:
第一处理子模块,用于根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;The first processing submodule is configured to determine the time slot of the second time slot in the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information according to the second time slot in which the first physical downlink shared channel is located Sort number
第二处理子模块,用于根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。The second processing submodule is configured to determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
其中,所述第二处理子模块还用于:Wherein, the second processing submodule is also used for:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述第一处理模块,还用于:Wherein, the first processing module is also used for:
在所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,Place third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述装置,还包括:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the apparatus further includes:
第二下行控制信息接收模块,用于接收第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的 物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;The second downlink control information receiving module is configured to receive second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and the second downlink control information is used for In the case of multi-slot scheduling, the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the second downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information. number;
所述第一发送模块还用于:The first sending module is also used for:
在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。The fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
其中,所述装置还包括:Wherein, the device further includes:
第三处理模块,用于生成所述第四反馈信息;The third processing module is configured to generate the fourth feedback information;
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于不同多时隙调度配置的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
该装置首先会接收用于多时隙调度的第一下行控制信息DCI,其中,第一DCI包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示与第一DCI多时隙调度的全部的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,用户设备通过该第一指示信息就能够确定一反馈时隙,在该反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,即对应第一DCI多时隙调度的全部第一PDSCH的反馈信息,因此,无需对第一DCI多时隙调度的各个第一PDSCH的反馈时隙进行分别指示,避免了DCI开销过大的问题。The device first receives first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all first physical downlinks associated with the first DCI multi-slot scheduling The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the shared channel PDSCH, the user equipment can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and feed back the first feedback information on the feedback time slot, that is, correspond to all of the first DCI multi-slot scheduling The feedback information of the first PDSCH, therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback slots of each first PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, thereby avoiding the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
需要说明的是,该装置是应用了上述应用于用户设备的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的装置,上述应用于用户设备的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的实现方式适用于该装置,也能达到相同的技术效果。It should be noted that the device is a device to which the aforementioned hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to user equipment is applied, and the implementation of the aforementioned hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to user equipment is applicable to the device, and The same technical effect can be achieved.
本公开另一实施例提供一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理装置,包括:Another embodiment of the present disclosure provides a hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing device, including:
第二发送模块,用于发送第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括一第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The second sending module is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, the first The indication information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
第二接收模块,用于接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The second receiving module is configured to receive first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;Wherein, the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
所述装置还包括:The device also includes:
第四处理模块,用于将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The fourth processing module is configured to use the Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the first physical The last physical downlink shared channel in the downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
其中,所述第二接收模块还用于:Wherein, the second receiving module is also used for:
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Receiving first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度 的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,在跨载波调度的情况下,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000011
μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
Among them, in the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-000011
μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
其中,所述第二接收模块,包括:Wherein, the second receiving module includes:
第三处理子模块,用于根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;The third processing submodule is configured to determine the time slot of the second time slot in the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information according to the second time slot in which the first physical downlink shared channel is located Sort number
第四处理子模块,用于根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。The fourth processing submodule is configured to determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sequence number.
其中,所述第四处理子模块,还用于:Wherein, the fourth processing sub-module is also used for:
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
其中,所述第二接收模块还用于:Wherein, the second receiving module is also used for:
获取所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,The third feedback information is placed on the remaining bit position of the first feedback information obtained; wherein,
所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述装置还包括:Wherein, when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots of the first downlink control information on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different, the apparatus further includes:
第二下行控制信息发送模块,用于发送第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;The second downlink control information sending module is configured to send second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and the second downlink control information is used for In the case of multi-slot scheduling, the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the second downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information. number;
所述第二接收模块还用于:The second receiving module is also used for:
接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。Wherein, the fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first sub-codebook and the second sub-codebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first sub-codebook, corresponding to the feedback of multi-slot scheduling The information is the second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of the carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; Wherein, in a case where the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:Wherein, the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information include:
第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置之前,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控 制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
其中,所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,Wherein, the second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于多时隙调度配置不同的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
该装置首先会发送用于多时隙调度的第一下行控制信息DCI,其中,第一DCI包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息指示与第一DCI多时隙调度的全部的第一物理下行共享信道PDSCH对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,以使网络设备通过该第一指示信息就能够确定一反馈时隙,在该反馈时隙上接收反馈的第一反馈信息,即对应第一DCI多时隙调度的全部第一PDSCH的反馈信息,因此,无需对第一DCI多时隙调度的各个第一PDSCH的反馈时隙进行分别指示,避免了DCI开销过大的问题。The device first sends first downlink control information DCI for multi-slot scheduling, where the first DCI includes first indication information, and the first indication information indicates all first physical downlinks associated with the first DCI multi-slot scheduling The position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the channel PDSCH is shared, so that the network device can determine a feedback time slot through the first indication information, and receive the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot, that is, the first DCI corresponds to a long time The feedback information of all the first PDSCHs scheduled by the slot, therefore, there is no need to separately indicate the feedback slots of each first PDSCH scheduled by the first DCI multi-slot scheduling, thereby avoiding the problem of excessive DCI overhead.
需要说明的是,该装置是应用了上述应用于网络设备的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的装置,上述应用于网络设备的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的实现方式适用于该装置,也能达到相同的技术效果。It should be noted that the device is a device that applies the foregoing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to network equipment, and the implementation of the foregoing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to network equipment is applicable to the device, and The same technical effect can be achieved.
本公开实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如上应用于用户设备的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法实施例,或者,实现如上应用于网络设备的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。其中,所述的计算机可读存储介质,如只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。The embodiments of the present disclosure also provide a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a processor, the hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback processing method applied to the user equipment as described above is implemented The embodiment, or, implements the various processes of the embodiment of the hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method applied to the network device as described above, and can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition, it will not be repeated here. Wherein, the computer-readable storage medium, such as read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that in this article, the terms "include", "include" or any other variants thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, article or device including a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements not explicitly listed, or elements inherent to the process, method, article, or device. If there are no more restrictions, the element defined by the sentence "including a..." does not exclude the existence of other identical elements in the process, method, article or device that includes the element.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述 实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本公开的技术方案本质上或者说对相关技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台用户设备(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本公开各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the method of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better.的实施方式。 Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present disclosure essentially or the part that contributes to the related technology can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, optical disk). ) Includes several instructions to enable a user device (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method described in each embodiment of the present disclosure.
上面结合附图对本公开的实施例进行了描述,但是本公开并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本公开的启示下,在不脱离本公开宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本公开的保护之内。The embodiments of the present disclosure are described above with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the present disclosure is not limited to the above-mentioned specific embodiments. The above-mentioned specific embodiments are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art are Under the enlightenment of the present disclosure, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of the present disclosure and the scope of protection of the claims, all of which fall within the protection of the present disclosure.
需要说明的是,应理解以上各个模块的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且这些模块可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分模块通过处理元件调用软件的形式实现,部分模块通过硬件的形式实现。例如,确定模块可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在上述装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序代码的形式存储于上述装置的存储器中,由上述装置的某一个处理元件调用并执行以上确定模块的功能。其它模块的实现与之类似。此外这些模块全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件可以是一种集成电路,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个模块可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。It should be noted that it should be understood that the division of the above modules is only a division of logical functions, and may be fully or partially integrated into a physical entity in actual implementation, or may be physically separated. And these modules can all be implemented in the form of software called by processing elements; they can also be implemented in the form of hardware; some modules can be implemented in the form of calling software by processing elements, and some of the modules can be implemented in the form of hardware. For example, the determining module may be a separately established processing element, or it may be integrated into a certain chip of the above-mentioned device for implementation. In addition, it may also be stored in the memory of the above-mentioned device in the form of program code, and a certain processing element of the aforementioned device Call and execute the functions of the above-identified module. The implementation of other modules is similar. In addition, all or part of these modules can be integrated together or implemented independently. The processing element described here may be an integrated circuit with signal processing capability. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above modules can be completed by hardware integrated logic circuits in the processor element or instructions in the form of software.
例如,各个模块、单元、子单元或子模块可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。再如,当以上某个模块通过处理元件调度程序代码的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序代码的处理器。再如,这些模块可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。For example, each module, unit, sub-unit or sub-module may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more application specific integrated circuits (ASIC), or, one or Multiple microprocessors (digital signal processors, DSP), or one or more field programmable gate arrays (Field Programmable Gate Array, FPGA), etc. For another example, when one of the above modules is implemented in the form of processing element scheduling program code, the processing element may be a general-purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processors that can call program codes. For another example, these modules can be integrated together and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
本公开的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不必用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的数据在适当情况下可以互换,以便这里描述的本公开的实施例,例如除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施。此外,术语“包括”和“具有”以及他们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含,例如,包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备不必限于清楚地列出的那些步骤或单元,而是可包括没有清楚地列出的或对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。此外,说明书以及权利要求中使用“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,例如A和/或B和/或C,表示包含单独A,单独B,单独C,以及A和B都存在,B和C都存在,A和C都存在,以及A、B和C都存在的7种情况。类似地,本说明书以及权利要求中使用“A和B中的至少一个”应理解为“单独A,单独B,或A和B都存在”。The terms "first", "second", etc. in the specification and claims of the present disclosure are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not necessarily used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It should be understood that the data used in this way can be interchanged under appropriate circumstances so that the embodiments of the present disclosure described herein, for example, are implemented in a sequence other than those illustrated or described herein. In addition, the terms "including" and "having" and any variations of them are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusions. For example, a process, method, system, product or device that includes a series of steps or units is not necessarily limited to the clearly listed Those steps or units may include other steps or units that are not clearly listed or are inherent to these processes, methods, products, or equipment. In addition, the use of "and/or" in the specification and claims means at least one of the connected objects, such as A and/or B and/or C, which means that it includes A alone, B alone, C alone, and both A and B Exist, B and C exist, A and C exist, and A, B and C all exist in 7 cases. Similarly, the use of "at least one of A and B" in this specification and claims should be understood as "A alone, B alone, or both A and B exist".
以上所述是本公开的可选实施方式,应当指出,对于本技术领域的普通技术人员来说,在不脱离本公开所述原理的前提下,还可以做出若干改进和润饰,这些改进和润饰也应视为本公开的保护范围。The above are optional implementations of the present disclosure. It should be noted that for those of ordinary skill in the art, without departing from the principles described in the present disclosure, several improvements and modifications can be made. These improvements and Retouching should also be regarded as the protection scope of this disclosure.

Claims (51)

  1. 一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法,包括:A method for processing hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback, including:
    接收第一下行控制信息,其中,所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;Receiving first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate and all A position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
    在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The first feedback information is fed back in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;The method according to claim 1, wherein the first indication information includes a slot offset;
    所述接收第一下行控制信息之后,所述方法还包括:After the receiving the first downlink control information, the method further includes:
    将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述接收第一下行控制信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein after said receiving the first downlink control information, the method further comprises:
    对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
    当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 3, wherein:
    在跨载波调度的情况下,
    Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-100001
    μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
    In the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
    Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-100001
    μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein said generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by said first downlink control information comprises:
    根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the determining the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number comprises:
    若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
    若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
    其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein said generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by said first downlink control information comprises:
    在所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,Place third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information; wherein,
    所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述接收第一下行控制信息之前或之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different Before or after receiving the first downlink control information, the method further includes:
    接收第二下行控制信息,其中,所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Receiving second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the The maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the second downlink control information is greater than or less than the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    所述在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息包括:The feeding back the first feedback information in the feedback time slot includes:
    在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。The fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein, before feeding back fourth feedback information in the feedback time slot, the method further comprises:
    生成所述第四反馈信息;Generating the fourth feedback information;
    所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。The fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first subcodebook and the second subcodebook, the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first subcodebook, and the feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling is The second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; The method according to claim 9, wherein, when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
    其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
    当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
    当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information comprise:
    第二指示信息和第三指示信息;The second instruction information and the third instruction information;
    所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 11, wherein:
    所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
    所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于不同多时隙调度配置的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  13. 一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法,包括:A method for processing hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback, including:
    发送第一下行控制信息,其中,所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括一第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;Send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate Positions of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
    接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。Receiving first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;The method according to claim 13, wherein the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
    所述发送第一下行控制信息之后,所述方法还包括:After the sending the first downlink control information, the method further includes:
    将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the receiving the first feedback information fed back in the feedback time slot comprises:
    接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Receiving first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot;
    其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
    当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,The method according to claim 15, wherein:
    在跨载波调度的情况下,
    Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-100002
    μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
    In the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
    Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-100002
    μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:The method according to claim 15, wherein the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot comprises:
    根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置,包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the determining the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number comprises:
    若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
    若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
    其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其中,所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息,包括:The method according to claim 17, wherein the receiving the first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot comprises:
    获取所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;Placing third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information obtained;
    所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  20. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述发送第一下行控制信息之前或之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different Before or after the first downlink control information is sent, the method further includes:
    发送第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况 下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Send second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
    所述接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息包括:The receiving the first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot includes:
    接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。The method according to claim 20, wherein the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of the first subcodebook and the second subcodebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first subcodebook. Codebook, the feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling is the second sub-codebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple sub-codebooks, and the feedback information of carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is The same subcodebook.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; The method according to claim 21, wherein, when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
    其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
    当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
    当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的方法,其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:The method according to claim 20, wherein the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information comprise:
    第二指示信息和第三指示信息;The second instruction information and the third instruction information;
    所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置之前,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 23, wherein:
    所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
    所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于多时隙调度配置不同的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  25. 一种用户设备,包括收发器、存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序;所述处理器用于读取存储器中的程序;A user equipment including a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor; the processor is used to read the program in the memory;
    所述收发器用于:接收第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The transceiver is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication information It is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, where the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
    在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The first feedback information is fed back in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的设备,其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;The device according to claim 25, wherein the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
    所述处理器还用于:The processor is also used for:
    将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
  27. 根据权利要求25所述的设备,其中,所述处理器还用于:The device according to claim 25, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    对所述第一下行控制信息所调度的所有物理下行共享信道生成M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Generating first feedback information of M*N*L bits for all physical downlink shared channels scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
    当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者 被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的设备,其中,The device of claim 27, wherein:
    在跨载波调度的情况下,
    Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-100003
    μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
    In the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
    Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-100003
    μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的设备,其中,所述处理器还用于:The device according to claim 27, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的设备,其中,所述处理器还用于:The device of claim 29, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
    若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
    其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
  31. 根据权利要求29所述的设备,其中,所述处理器还用于:The device of claim 29, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    在所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;其中,Place third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information; wherein,
    所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  32. 根据权利要求25所述的设备,其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述收发器还用于:The device according to claim 25, wherein when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different , The transceiver is also used for:
    接收第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Receiving second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
    在所述反馈时隙上反馈第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一 反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。The fourth feedback information is fed back on the feedback time slot, the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and the fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, Feedback information of channel release.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的设备,其中,所述处理器还用于:The device according to claim 32, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    生成所述第四反馈信息;Generating the fourth feedback information;
    所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。The fourth feedback information is the concatenation of the first subcodebook and the second subcodebook, the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first subcodebook, and the feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling is The second subcodebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple subcodebooks, and the feedback information of carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is the same subcodebook.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的设备,其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; The device according to claim 33, wherein, when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
    其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum schedulable number of physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first The total number of downlink control information and the second downlink control information;
    当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
    当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
  35. 根据权利要求32所述的设备,其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:The device according to claim 32, wherein the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information comprise:
    第二指示信息和第三指示信息;其中,The second instruction information and the third instruction information; among them,
    所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的设备,其中,The device according to claim 35, wherein:
    所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
    所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于不同多时隙调度配置的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers of different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  37. 一种网络设备,包括收发器、存储器、处理器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序;所述处理器用于读取存储器中的程序;A network device, including a transceiver, a memory, a processor, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor; the processor is used to read the program in the memory;
    所述收发器用于:发送第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括一第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The transceiver is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
    接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。Receiving first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的设备,其中,所述第一指示信息包括时隙偏移量;The device according to claim 37, wherein the first indication information includes a time slot offset;
    所述处理器还用于:The processor is also used for:
    将第二物理下行共享信道对应的第一时隙之后的第K个时隙作为所述反馈时隙;其中,所述第二物理下行共享信道为所述第一物理下行共享信道中最后一个物理下行共享信道,K为所述时隙偏移量。The Kth time slot after the first time slot corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel is used as the feedback time slot; wherein, the second physical downlink shared channel is the last physical downlink shared channel in the first physical downlink shared channel. For downlink shared channel, K is the time slot offset.
  39. 根据权利要求37所述的设备,其中,所述收发器还用于:The device of claim 37, wherein the transceiver is further used for:
    接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的M*N*L比特的第一反馈信息;Receiving first feedback information of M*N*L bits fed back on the feedback time slot;
    其中,M、L为反馈信息参数,N为所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Wherein, M and L are feedback information parameters, and N is the maximum number of physical downlink shared channel time slots that can be scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
    当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的设备,其中,The device according to claim 39, wherein:
    在跨载波调度的情况下,
    Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-100004
    μ 1为物理下行共享信道的子载波间隔配置参数,μ 2为物理下行控制信道的子载波间隔配置参数。
    In the case of cross-carrier scheduling,
    Figure PCTCN2020084779-appb-100004
    μ 1 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink shared channel, and μ 2 is the sub-carrier spacing configuration parameter of the physical downlink control channel.
  41. 根据权利要求39所述的设备,其中,所述处理器还用于:The device of claim 39, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    根据所述第一物理下行共享信道所在的第二时隙,确定所述第二时隙在所述第一下行控制信息调度的多个时隙中的时隙排序编号;Determine, according to the second time slot where the first physical downlink shared channel is located, the time slot ordering number of the second time slot among the multiple time slots scheduled by the first downlink control information;
    根据所述时隙排序编号,确定所述第一物理下行共享信道的第二反馈信息在所述第一反馈信息中的位置。Determine the position of the second feedback information of the first physical downlink shared channel in the first feedback information according to the time slot sorting number.
  42. 根据权利要求41所述的设备,其中,所述处理器还用于:The device of claim 41, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    若所述第二反馈信息的比特数等于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中第x个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is equal to 1, placing the second feedback information at the x-th bit position in the first feedback information;
    若所述第二反馈信息的比特数大于1,则在所述第一反馈信息中以第y个比特位置开始的连续p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息,或者在所述第一反馈信息中以第x个比特位置开始,且N为周期的p个比特位置上放置所述第二反馈信息;If the number of bits of the second feedback information is greater than 1, place the second feedback information in consecutive p bit positions starting from the yth bit position in the first feedback information, or place the second feedback information in the first feedback information. The feedback information starts with the x-th bit position, and the second feedback information is placed at p bit positions where N is a period;
    其中,x为所述时隙排序编号,y=M*L*x-1,p=M*L。Where, x is the sequence number of the time slot, y=M*L*x-1, and p=M*L.
  43. 根据权利要求41所述的设备,其中,所述处理器还用于:The device of claim 41, wherein the processor is further configured to:
    获取所述第一反馈信息的剩余比特位置上放置第三反馈信息;Placing third feedback information on the remaining bit positions of the first feedback information obtained;
    所述剩余比特位置为所述第一反馈信息中除所述第二反馈信息的比特位置之外的比特位置;所述第三反馈信息为混合自动重传请求否定信息。The remaining bit position is a bit position other than the bit position of the second feedback information in the first feedback information; the third feedback information is hybrid automatic repeat request negative information.
  44. 根据权利要求37所述的设备,其中,当用户设备被配置多载波传输且当前多载波的每一个载波上所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数不同,所述收发器还用于:The device according to claim 37, wherein when the user equipment is configured for multi-carrier transmission and the number of the maximum schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots on each carrier of the current multi-carrier is different , The transceiver is also used for:
    发送第二下行控制信息,其中所述第二下行控制信息用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放,且在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数大于或小于所述第一下行控制信息最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;Send second downlink control information, where the second downlink control information is used for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling or channel release, and when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the first 2. The maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for downlink control information is greater than or less than the number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots for the first downlink control information;
    接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第四反馈信息,所述第四反馈信息包括所述第一反馈信息和第五反馈信息,其中所述第五反馈信息为对应单时隙调度、多时隙调度、信道释放的反馈信息。Receive fourth feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the fourth feedback information includes the first feedback information and fifth feedback information, and the fifth feedback information is corresponding to single-slot scheduling and multi-slot scheduling , Feedback information of channel release.
  45. 根据权利要求44所述的设备,其中,所述第四反馈信息为第一子码本和第二子码本的级联,对应单时隙调度或信道释放的反馈信息为所述第一 子码本,对应多时隙调度的反馈信息为所述第二子码本;或者,所述第四反馈信息为多个子码本的级联,且属于相同多时隙调度配置的载波信道的反馈信息为同一子码本。The device according to claim 44, wherein the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of a first subcodebook and a second subcodebook, and the feedback information corresponding to single-slot scheduling or channel release is the first subcodebook. Codebook, the feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling is the second sub-codebook; or, the fourth feedback information is a concatenation of multiple sub-codebooks, and the feedback information of carrier channels belonging to the same multi-slot scheduling configuration is The same subcodebook.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的设备,其中,在所述第二下行控制信息用于多时隙调度的情况下,所述第二子码本为M*N max*L*I比特的信息; The device according to claim 45, wherein, when the second downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, the second subcodebook is M*N max *L*I bits of information;
    M、L为反馈信息参数,N max为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息中最大可调度的物理下行共享信道时隙的个数;I为所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息的总数; M and L are feedback information parameters, N max is the maximum number of schedulable physical downlink shared channel time slots in the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information; I is the first downlink control information The total number of control information and the second downlink control information;
    当用户设备未被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L=1;当用户设备被配置使用基于码块组的传输时,L为被配置的每个码字最大的码块组个数;When the user equipment is not configured to use code block group-based transmission, L=1; when the user equipment is configured to use code block group-based transmission, L is the maximum number of code block groups per codeword configured;
    当用户设备被配置使用多码字传输且未被配置使用混合自动重传请求确认HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=2;当用户设备被配置使用单码字传输或者被配置使用HARQ-ACK空间域合并时,M=1。When the user equipment is configured to use multiple codeword transmission and is not configured to use hybrid automatic repeat request confirmation HARQ-ACK spatial domain combination, M=2; when the user equipment is configured to use single codeword transmission or is configured to use HARQ-ACK When the spatial domain is merged, M=1.
  47. 根据权利要求44所述的设备,其中,所述第一下行控制信息和所述第二下行控制信息包括:The device according to claim 44, wherein the first downlink control information and the second downlink control information comprise:
    第二指示信息和第三指示信息;The second instruction information and the third instruction information;
    所述第二指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置和当前载波,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数,所述第三指示信息为到当前物理下行控制信道检测位置之前,传输用于单时隙调度、多时隙调度或信道释放的下行控制信息的物理下行控制信道的总数。The second indication information is the total number of physical downlink control channels used to transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release to the current physical downlink control channel detection position and current carrier, and the third indication The information is the total number of physical downlink control channels that transmit downlink control information for single-slot scheduling, multi-slot scheduling, or channel release before the current physical downlink control channel detection position.
  48. 根据权利要求47所述的设备,其中,The device of claim 47, wherein:
    所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于是否为多时隙调度进行计数;或者,The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on whether it is multi-slot scheduling; or,
    所述第二指示信息和所述第三指示信息基于多时隙调度配置不同的载波进行计数。The second indication information and the third indication information are counted based on carriers with different multi-slot scheduling configurations.
  49. 一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理装置,包括:A hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback processing device, including:
    第一接收模块,用于接收第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括第一指示信息,所述第一 指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The first receiving module is configured to receive first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes first indication information, and the first indication The information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
    第一发送模块,用于在所述反馈时隙上反馈第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The first sending module is configured to feed back first feedback information in the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to multi-slot scheduling of the first downlink control information.
  50. 一种混合自动重传请求反馈处理装置,包括:A hybrid automatic retransmission request feedback processing device, including:
    第二发送模块,用于发送第一下行控制信息,其中所述第一下行控制信息用于多时隙调度,且所述第一下行控制信息包括一第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示与全部的第一物理下行共享信道对应的同一反馈时隙的位置,所述第一物理下行共享信道为多时隙调度的物理下行共享信道;The second sending module is configured to send first downlink control information, where the first downlink control information is used for multi-slot scheduling, and the first downlink control information includes a first indication information, the first The indication information is used to indicate the position of the same feedback time slot corresponding to all the first physical downlink shared channels, and the first physical downlink shared channel is a physical downlink shared channel scheduled with multiple time slots;
    第二接收模块,用于接收所述反馈时隙上反馈的第一反馈信息,所述第一反馈信息为对应所述第一下行控制信息多时隙调度的反馈信息。The second receiving module is configured to receive first feedback information fed back on the feedback time slot, where the first feedback information is feedback information corresponding to the first downlink control information multi-slot scheduling.
  51. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至12中任一项所述的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的步骤,或者,实现如权利要求13至24中任一项所述的混合自动重传请求反馈处理方法的步骤。A computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing according to any one of claims 1 to 12 is realized The steps of the method, or the steps of implementing the method for processing hybrid automatic repeat request feedback according to any one of claims 13 to 24.
PCT/CN2020/084779 2019-04-30 2020-04-14 Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method, apparatus and device WO2020220998A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910362124 2019-04-30
CN201910362124.7 2019-04-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020220998A1 true WO2020220998A1 (en) 2020-11-05

Family

ID=72985091

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/084779 WO2020220998A1 (en) 2019-04-30 2020-04-14 Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method, apparatus and device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111865512B (en)
WO (1) WO2020220998A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022151062A1 (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-21 Zte Corporation Systems and methods for managing multicast and unicast communications

Families Citing this family (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113572585B (en) * 2020-04-29 2022-11-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Feedback codebook, method, device, equipment and medium for determining feedback information
CN113596996B (en) * 2020-04-30 2024-01-09 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method, device, medium for receiving and transmitting physical downlink shared channel
CN116636286A (en) * 2021-01-04 2023-08-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and device
CN116803182A (en) * 2021-02-01 2023-09-22 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Wireless communication method and device
CN114978444A (en) * 2021-02-24 2022-08-30 维沃移动通信有限公司 Feedback information sending method and device and terminal
CN115734360A (en) * 2021-08-31 2023-03-03 华为技术有限公司 Method and device for multi-carrier scheduling
CN116210186A (en) * 2021-09-29 2023-06-02 北京小米移动软件有限公司 HARQ-ACK codebook generation and reception method, device, equipment and storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106413106A (en) * 2015-07-28 2017-02-15 电信科学技术研究院 Transmission method and device for uplink data
WO2018112093A1 (en) * 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Pucch design with flexible symbol configuration
WO2018158923A1 (en) * 2017-03-02 2018-09-07 株式会社Nttドコモ User terminal and wireless communication method
CN109565403A (en) * 2016-06-21 2019-04-02 三星电子株式会社 The transmission of physical downlink control channel in communication system

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102468945B (en) * 2010-11-03 2014-09-10 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Transmission method and equipment for acknowledgement (ACK) or negative acknowledgement (NACK) feedback information
CN102075313B (en) * 2011-03-04 2013-03-27 电信科学技术研究院 Method and device for processing acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgment (NACK) feedback bit
JP5931828B2 (en) * 2013-09-26 2016-06-08 株式会社Nttドコモ User terminal, base station, and wireless communication method
CN114727400A (en) * 2015-08-11 2022-07-08 三菱电机株式会社 Communication system
CN108289015B (en) * 2017-01-09 2023-04-07 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Method and equipment for sending HARQ-ACK/NACK (hybrid automatic repeat request/acknowledgement) and downlink transmission method and equipment
CN107707338A (en) * 2017-08-28 2018-02-16 深圳市金立通信设备有限公司 Code block component group determination/indicating means, user equipment, base station and storage medium
WO2019066630A1 (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Uplink transmission method and corresponding equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106413106A (en) * 2015-07-28 2017-02-15 电信科学技术研究院 Transmission method and device for uplink data
CN109565403A (en) * 2016-06-21 2019-04-02 三星电子株式会社 The transmission of physical downlink control channel in communication system
WO2018112093A1 (en) * 2016-12-14 2018-06-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Pucch design with flexible symbol configuration
WO2018158923A1 (en) * 2017-03-02 2018-09-07 株式会社Nttドコモ User terminal and wireless communication method

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "Feature Lead Summary for Scheduling of Multiple DL/UL Transport Blocks for LTE-MTC", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG1 MEETING #96BIS, R1-1905534, 12 April 2019 (2019-04-12), XP051707596, DOI: 20200702213920A *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022151062A1 (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-21 Zte Corporation Systems and methods for managing multicast and unicast communications

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111865512A (en) 2020-10-30
CN111865512B (en) 2022-12-06

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020220998A1 (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback processing method, apparatus and device
CN110460413B (en) Communication method and device
JP6678772B2 (en) HARQ feedback information transmission method, UE, base station and system
CN105846977B (en) HARQ-ACK transmission method and device for enhanced carrier aggregation system
CN102170338B (en) Method and device for transmitting ACKNACK feedback information
JP2021153301A (en) Scalable feedback reporting
US20230217449A1 (en) Uplink control information sending method, uplink control information receiving method, apparatus, and system
CN109802764B (en) Method, device, equipment and storage medium for reporting or receiving ACK/NACK
CN103580825B (en) UCI transmission method and device
JP2020506574A5 (en)
CN105634689B (en) A kind of feedback method and device of HARQ confirmation message
CN108306720A (en) A kind of method and apparatus of transmission UCI information
WO2021023011A1 (en) Harq-ack feedback method, terminal, and network side device
WO2013066128A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting control signal
WO2012065438A1 (en) Method and terminal for confirmation information feedback
WO2021032005A1 (en) Hybrid automatic repeat request feedback method and device
WO2021233289A1 (en) Multi-carrier scheduling method and apparatus, and device
WO2019105341A1 (en) Data sending method and device, and data receiving method and device
CN112351492A (en) Resource indication method, resource determination method, device, network side equipment and terminal
JP2024050840A (en) Information indication, information determination method, device, and communication apparatus
CN111147190B (en) Transmission method, device and system for feedback response information
CN113259065A (en) Codebook transmission method and device
CN109905210A (en) A kind of ACK/NACK transmission method and corresponding intrument
JP2021533637A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN112821990A (en) HARQ-ACK transmission method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20799258

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20799258

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1